Merge "Rename 'authmanager' log channel to 'authevents'"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
620 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
621 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
622 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
623 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
624 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
625 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
626 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
627 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
628 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
629 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
630 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
631 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
632 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
633 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
634 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
635 */
636 $wgFileBackends = [];
637
638 /**
639 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
640 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
641 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
642 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
643 *
644 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
645 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
646 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
647 */
648 $wgLockManagers = [];
649
650 /**
651 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
652 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
653 *
654 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
655 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
656 * extensions" section of php.ini:
657 * @code{.ini}
658 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
659 * @endcode
660 */
661 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
662
663 /**
664 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
665 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
666 * Defaults to false.
667 */
668 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
669
670 /**
671 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
672 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
673 * $wgUploadDirectory.
674 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
675 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
676 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
677 * directory.
678 *
679 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
680 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
681 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
682 */
683 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
684
685 /**
686 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
687 */
688 $wgSharedUploadPath = "http://commons.wikimedia.org/shared/images";
689
690 /**
691 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
692 */
693 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
694
695 /**
696 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
697 */
698 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = "/var/www/wiki3/images";
699
700 /**
701 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
702 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
703 */
704 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
705
706 /**
707 * Optional table prefix used in database.
708 */
709 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
710
711 /**
712 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
713 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
714 */
715 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
716
717 /**
718 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
719 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
720 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
721 */
722 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
723
724 /**
725 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
726 *
727 * @since 1.20
728 */
729 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
730
731 /**
732 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
733 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
734 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
735 */
736 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
737
738 /**
739 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
740 * @since 1.20
741 */
742 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
743
744 /**
745 * Different timeout for upload by url
746 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
747 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
748 * to default.
749 *
750 * @since 1.22
751 */
752 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
753
754 /**
755 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
756 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
757 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
758 * for non-specified types.
759 *
760 * @par Example:
761 * @code
762 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
763 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
764 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
765 * ];
766 * @endcode
767 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
768 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
769 */
770 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
771
772 /**
773 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
774 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
775 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
776 * @since 1.26
777 */
778 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
779
780 /**
781 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
782 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
783 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
784 *
785 * @par Example:
786 * @code
787 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
788 * @endcode
789 */
790 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
791
792 /**
793 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
794 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
795 * appended to it as appropriate.
796 */
797 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
798
799 /**
800 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
801 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
802 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
803 * access to the thumbnail path.
804 *
805 * @par Example:
806 * @code
807 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
808 * @endcode
809 */
810 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
811
812 /**
813 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
814 */
815 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
816
817 /**
818 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
819 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
820 *
821 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
822 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
823 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
824 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
825 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
826 *
827 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
828 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
829 */
830 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
831
832 /**
833 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
834 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
835 * directory layout.
836 */
837 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
838
839 /**
840 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
841 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
842 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
843 * image description page on this wiki.
844 *
845 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
846 */
847 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
848
849 /**
850 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
851 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
852 *
853 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
854 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
855 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
856 */
857 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
858
859 /**
860 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
861 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
862 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
863 */
864 $wgFileBlacklist = [
865 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
866 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
867 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
868 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
869 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
870 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
871 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
872 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
873
874 /**
875 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
876 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
877 */
878 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
879 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
880 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
881 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
882 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
883 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
884 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
885 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
886 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
887 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
888 'application/x-msmetafile',
889 ];
890
891 /**
892 * Allow Java archive uploads.
893 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
894 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
895 */
896 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
897
898 /**
899 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
900 *
901 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
902 */
903 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
904
905 /**
906 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
907 * by $wgFileExtensions.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
915 *
916 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
917 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
918 */
919 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
920
921 /**
922 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
923 */
924 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
925
926 /**
927 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
928 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
929 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
930 *
931 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
932 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
933 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
934 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
935 */
936 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
937 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
938 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
939 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
940 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
941 "application/pdf", // PDF files
942 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
943 ];
944
945 /**
946 * Plugins for media file type handling.
947 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
948 *
949 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
950 * and extensions should use extension.json.
951 */
952 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
953
954 /**
955 * Plugins for page content model handling.
956 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
957 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
958 *
959 * @since 1.21
960 */
961 $wgContentHandlers = [
962 // the usual case
963 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
964 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
965 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
966 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
967 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
968 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
969 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
970 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
971 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
972 ];
973
974 /**
975 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
976 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
977 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
978 */
979 $wgUseImageResize = true;
980
981 /**
982 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
983 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
984 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
985 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
986 *
987 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
988 */
989 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
990
991 /**
992 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
993 */
994 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
995
996 /**
997 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
998 * @since 1.27
999 */
1000 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1001
1002 /**
1003 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1004 */
1005 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1006
1007 /**
1008 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1009 */
1010 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1011
1012 /**
1013 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1014 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1015 */
1016 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1017
1018 /**
1019 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1020 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1021 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1022 *
1023 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1024 * @code
1025 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1026 * @endcode
1027 *
1028 * Leave as false to skip this.
1029 */
1030 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1031
1032 /**
1033 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1034 *
1035 * @since 1.21
1036 */
1037 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1038
1039 /**
1040 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1041 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1042 * at sharp edges.
1043 *
1044 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1045 *
1046 * Supported values:
1047 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1048 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1049 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1050 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1051 *
1052 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1053 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1054 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1055 *
1056 * @since 1.27
1057 */
1058 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1059
1060 /**
1061 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1062 * image formats.
1063 */
1064 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1065
1066 /**
1067 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1068 *
1069 * @since 1.26
1070 */
1071 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1072
1073 /**
1074 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1075 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1076 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1077 *
1078 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1079 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1080 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1081 */
1082 $wgSVGConverters = [
1083 'ImageMagick' =>
1084 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1085 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1086 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1087 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1088 . '$output $input',
1089 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1090 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1091 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1092 ];
1093
1094 /**
1095 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1096 */
1097 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1098
1099 /**
1100 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1101 */
1102 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1103
1104 /**
1105 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1106 */
1107 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1108
1109 /**
1110 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1111 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1112 */
1113 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1114
1115 /**
1116 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1117 *
1118 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1119 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1120 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1121 *
1122 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1123 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1124 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1125 */
1126 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1127
1128 /**
1129 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1130 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1131 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1132 *
1133 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1134 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1135 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1136 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1137 *
1138 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1139 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1140 */
1141 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1142
1143 /**
1144 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1145 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1146 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1147 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1153 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1154 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1155 *
1156 * @par Example:
1157 * @code
1158 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1159 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1160 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1161 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1162 * @endcode
1163 */
1164 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1165
1166 /**
1167 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1168 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1169 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1170 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1171 */
1172 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1173
1174 /**
1175 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1176 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1177 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1178 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1179 */
1180 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1181
1182 /**
1183 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1184 * output instead of showing an error message.
1185 *
1186 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1187 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1188 *
1189 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1190 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1191 * are logged to a file for review.
1192 */
1193 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1194
1195 /**
1196 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1197 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1198 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1199 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1200 * webserver(s).
1201 */
1202 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1203
1204 /**
1205 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1206 */
1207 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1211 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1212 * is available that can rotate.
1213 */
1214 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1215
1216 /**
1217 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1218 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1219 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1220 */
1221 $wgAntivirus = null;
1222
1223 /**
1224 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1225 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1226 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1227 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1228 *
1229 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1230 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1231 *
1232 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1233 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1234 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1235 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1236 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1237 * path.
1238 *
1239 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1240 * function in SpecialUpload.
1241 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1242 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1243 * is not set.
1244 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1245 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1246 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1247 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1248 * no virus was found.
1249 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1250 * a virus.
1251 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1252 *
1253 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1254 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1255 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1256 */
1257 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1258
1259 # setup for clamav
1260 'clamav' => [
1261 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1262 'codemap' => [
1263 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1264 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1265 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1266 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1267 ],
1268 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1269 ],
1270 ];
1271
1272 /**
1273 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1274 */
1275 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1276
1277 /**
1278 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1279 */
1280 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1281
1282 /**
1283 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1284 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1285 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1286 */
1287 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1288
1289 /**
1290 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1291 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1292 */
1293 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1294
1295 /**
1296 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1297 * the MIME type to standard output.
1298 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1299 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1300 *
1301 * @par Example:
1302 * @code
1303 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1304 * @endcode
1305 */
1306 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1307
1308 /**
1309 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1310 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1311 * can be trusted.
1312 */
1313 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1314
1315 /**
1316 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1317 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1318 */
1319 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1320 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1321 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1322 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1323 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1324 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1325 ];
1326
1327 /**
1328 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1329 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1330 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1331 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1332 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1333 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1334 */
1335 $wgImageLimits = [
1336 [ 320, 240 ],
1337 [ 640, 480 ],
1338 [ 800, 600 ],
1339 [ 1024, 768 ],
1340 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1341 ];
1342
1343 /**
1344 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1345 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1346 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1347 */
1348 $wgThumbLimits = [
1349 120,
1350 150,
1351 180,
1352 200,
1353 250,
1354 300
1355 ];
1356
1357 /**
1358 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1359 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1360 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1361 *
1362 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1363 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1364 * supports it.
1365 */
1366 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1367
1368 /**
1369 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1370 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1371 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1372 * following buckets:
1373 *
1374 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1375 *
1376 * and a distance of 50:
1377 *
1378 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1379 *
1380 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1381 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1382 */
1383 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1384
1385 /**
1386 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1387 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1388 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1389 *
1390 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1391 *
1392 * @since 1.25
1393 */
1394
1395 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1396
1397 /**
1398 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1399 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1400 *
1401 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1402 * thumbnail's URL.
1403 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1404 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1405 *
1406 * @since 1.25
1407 */
1408 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1409
1410 /**
1411 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1412 *
1413 * @since 1.25
1414 */
1415 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1416
1417 /**
1418 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1419 * HTTP request to.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1427 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.26
1430 */
1431 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1435 */
1436 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1437 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1438 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1439 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1440 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1441 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1442 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1443 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1444 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1445 'mode' => 'traditional',
1446 ];
1447
1448 /**
1449 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1450 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1451 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1452 */
1453 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1454
1455 /**
1456 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1457 */
1458 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1459
1460 /**
1461 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1462 *
1463 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1464 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1465 *
1466 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1467 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1468 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1469 */
1470 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1471
1472 /**
1473 * @name DJVU settings
1474 * @{
1475 */
1476
1477 /**
1478 * Path of the djvudump executable
1479 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1480 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1481 */
1482 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1483
1484 /**
1485 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1486 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1487 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1488 */
1489 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1490
1491 /**
1492 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1493 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1494 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1495 */
1496 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1497
1498 /**
1499 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1500 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1501 *
1502 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1503 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1504 * the efficiency problem.
1505 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1506 *
1507 * @par Example:
1508 * @code
1509 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1510 * @endcode
1511 */
1512 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1513
1514 /**
1515 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1516 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1517 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1518 */
1519 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1520
1521 /**
1522 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1523 */
1524 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1525
1526 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1527
1528 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1529
1530 /************************************************************************//**
1531 * @name Email settings
1532 * @{
1533 */
1534
1535 /**
1536 * Site admin email address.
1537 *
1538 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1539 */
1540 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1541
1542 /**
1543 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1544 *
1545 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1555 */
1556 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1557
1558 /**
1559 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1560 *
1561 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1562 */
1563 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1564
1565 /**
1566 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1567 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1568 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1569 */
1570 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1571
1572 /**
1573 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1574 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1575 */
1576 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1577
1578 /**
1579 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1580 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1581 *
1582 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1583 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1584 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1585 */
1586 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1587
1588 /**
1589 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1590 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1591 */
1592 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1593
1594 /**
1595 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1596 */
1597 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1598
1599 /**
1600 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1601 */
1602 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1606 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1607 */
1608 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1609
1610 /**
1611 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1612 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1613 */
1614 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1615
1616 /**
1617 * SMTP Mode.
1618 *
1619 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1620 * Default to false or fill an array :
1621 *
1622 * @code
1623 * $wgSMTP = [
1624 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1625 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1626 * 'port' => '25',
1627 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1628 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1629 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1630 * ];
1631 * @endcode
1632 */
1633 $wgSMTP = false;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1637 */
1638 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1639
1640 /**
1641 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1642 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1643 */
1644 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1648 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1649 */
1650 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1651
1652 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1653 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1654 # enable or disable at their discretion
1655 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1656 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1657
1658 /**
1659 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1660 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1661 * spam relay.
1662 */
1663 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1664
1665 /**
1666 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1667 */
1668 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1669
1670 /**
1671 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1672 * user talk page.
1673 */
1674 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1675
1676 /**
1677 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1678 * allowed this in the preferences.
1679 */
1680 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * Send notification mails on minor edits to watchlist pages. This is enabled
1684 * by default. User talk notifications are affected by this, $wgEnotifUserTalk, and
1685 * the nominornewtalk user right.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1691 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1692 *
1693 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1694 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1695 */
1696 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1697
1698 /**
1699 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1700 * match the limit on your mail server.
1701 */
1702 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1703
1704 /**
1705 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1706 */
1707 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1708
1709 /**
1710 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1711 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1712 */
1713 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1714
1715 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1716
1717 /************************************************************************//**
1718 * @name Database settings
1719 * @{
1720 */
1721
1722 /**
1723 * Database host name or IP address
1724 */
1725 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1726
1727 /**
1728 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1729 */
1730 $wgDBport = 5432;
1731
1732 /**
1733 * Name of the database
1734 */
1735 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1736
1737 /**
1738 * Database username
1739 */
1740 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1741
1742 /**
1743 * Database user's password
1744 */
1745 $wgDBpassword = '';
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Database type
1749 */
1750 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1754 *
1755 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1756 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1757 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1758 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1759 */
1760 $wgDBssl = false;
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1764 *
1765 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1766 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1767 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1768 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1769 */
1770 $wgDBcompress = false;
1771
1772 /**
1773 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1774 */
1775 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1776
1777 /**
1778 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1779 */
1780 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1781
1782 /**
1783 * Search type.
1784 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1785 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1786 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1787 */
1788 $wgSearchType = null;
1789
1790 /**
1791 * Alternative search types
1792 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1793 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1794 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1795 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1796 */
1797 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1798
1799 /**
1800 * Table name prefix
1801 */
1802 $wgDBprefix = '';
1803
1804 /**
1805 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1806 */
1807 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1808
1809 /**
1810 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1811 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1812 * DBA has done his best job.
1813 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1814 */
1815 $wgSQLMode = '';
1816
1817 /**
1818 * Mediawiki schema
1819 */
1820 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1821
1822 /**
1823 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1824 */
1825 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1826
1827 /**
1828 * Make all database connections secretly go to localhost. Fool the load balancer
1829 * thinking there is an arbitrarily large cluster of servers to connect to.
1830 * Useful for debugging.
1831 */
1832 $wgAllDBsAreLocalhost = false;
1833
1834 /**
1835 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1836 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1837 * main database.
1838 *
1839 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1840 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1841 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1842 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1843 *
1844 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1845 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1846 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1847 *
1848 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1849 * $wgDBprefix.
1850 *
1851 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1852 * $wgDBmwschema.
1853 *
1854 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1855 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1856 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1857 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1858 */
1859 $wgSharedDB = null;
1860
1861 /**
1862 * @see $wgSharedDB
1863 */
1864 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1865
1866 /**
1867 * @see $wgSharedDB
1868 */
1869 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1870
1871 /**
1872 * @see $wgSharedDB
1873 * @since 1.23
1874 */
1875 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1876
1877 /**
1878 * Database load balancer
1879 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1880 * Fields are:
1881 * - host: Host name
1882 * - dbname: Default database name
1883 * - user: DB user
1884 * - password: DB password
1885 * - type: DB type
1886 *
1887 * - load: Ratio of DB_SLAVE load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1888 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1889 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1890 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1891 *
1892 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1893 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1894 *
1895 * - flags: bit field
1896 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if !$wgCommandLineMode (recommended)
1897 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1898 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1899 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1900 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1901 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1902 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1903 * if available
1904 *
1905 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a slave will taken out of rotation
1906 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1907 *
1908 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1909 * variable of the Database object.
1910 *
1911 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1912 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1913 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1914 *
1915 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1916 * rest of the servers will be slaves. To prevent writes to your slaves due to
1917 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1918 * slaves in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1919 *
1920 * @code
1921 * SET @@read_only=1;
1922 * @endcode
1923 *
1924 * Since the effect of writing to a slave is so damaging and difficult to clean
1925 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1926 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1927 */
1928 $wgDBservers = false;
1929
1930 /**
1931 * Load balancer factory configuration
1932 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1933 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1934 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1935 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1936 *
1937 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1938 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1939 */
1940 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1941
1942 /**
1943 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1944 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1945 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1946 * @since 1.27
1947 */
1948 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1949
1950 /**
1951 * File to log database errors to
1952 */
1953 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1954
1955 /**
1956 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1957 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1958 *
1959 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1960 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1961 *
1962 * @par Examples:
1963 * @code
1964 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1965 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1966 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1967 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1968 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1969 * @endcode
1970 *
1971 * @since 1.20
1972 */
1973 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1974
1975 /**
1976 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1977 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1978 *
1979 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1980 *
1981 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1982 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1983 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1984 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1985 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1986 *
1987 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1988 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
1989 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
1990 */
1991 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
1992
1993 /**
1994 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
1995 *
1996 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
1997 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
1998 * block).
1999 *
2000 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2001 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2002 * connections.
2003 *
2004 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2005 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2006 * pooled.
2007 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2008 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2009 *
2010 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2011 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2012 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2013 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2014 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2015 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2016 *
2017 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2018 *
2019 */
2020 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2021
2022 /**
2023 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2024 * account.
2025 * Array numeric key => database name
2026 */
2027 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2028
2029 /**
2030 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2031 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2032 * show a more obvious warning.
2033 */
2034 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2035
2036 /**
2037 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2038 */
2039 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2040
2041 /**
2042 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2043 */
2044 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2045
2046 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2047
2048 /************************************************************************//**
2049 * @name Text storage
2050 * @{
2051 */
2052
2053 /**
2054 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2055 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2056 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2057 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2058 */
2059 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2060
2061 /**
2062 * External stores allow including content
2063 * from non database sources following URL links.
2064 *
2065 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2066 * @code
2067 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2068 * @endcode
2069 *
2070 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2071 */
2072 $wgExternalStores = [];
2073
2074 /**
2075 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2076 *
2077 * @par Example:
2078 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2079 * @code
2080 * $wgExternalServers = [
2081 * 'cluster1' => [ 'srv28', 'srv29', 'srv30' ]
2082 * ];
2083 * @endcode
2084 *
2085 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2086 * another class.
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalServers = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2092 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2093 *
2094 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2095 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2096 *
2097 * @par Example:
2098 * @code
2099 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2100 * @endcode
2101 *
2102 * @var array
2103 */
2104 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2105
2106 /**
2107 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2108 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2109 *
2110 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2111 */
2112 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 0;
2113
2114 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2115
2116 /************************************************************************//**
2117 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2118 * @{
2119 */
2120
2121 /**
2122 * Disable database-intensive features
2123 */
2124 $wgMiserMode = false;
2125
2126 /**
2127 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2128 */
2129 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2130
2131 /**
2132 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2133 */
2134 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2135
2136 /**
2137 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2138 */
2139 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2140
2141 /**
2142 * Enable slow parser functions
2143 */
2144 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2145
2146 /**
2147 * Allow schema updates
2148 */
2149 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2150
2151 /**
2152 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2153 */
2154 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2155
2156 /**
2157 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2158 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2159 */
2160 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2161
2162 /**
2163 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2164 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2165 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2166 * @since 1.26
2167 */
2168 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2169
2170 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2171
2172 /************************************************************************//**
2173 * @name Cache settings
2174 * @{
2175 */
2176
2177 /**
2178 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2179 * from the web.
2180 *
2181 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2182 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2183 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2184 */
2185 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2186
2187 /**
2188 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2189 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2190 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2191 *
2192 * The options are:
2193 *
2194 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2195 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2196 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2197 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2198 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2199 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2200 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2201 *
2202 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2203 */
2204 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2205
2206 /**
2207 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2208 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2209 *
2210 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2211 */
2212 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2213
2214 /**
2215 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2216 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2217 *
2218 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2219 */
2220 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing session data.
2224 *
2225 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2226 */
2227 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2231 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2232 *
2233 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2234 *
2235 * @since 1.20
2236 */
2237 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2238
2239 /**
2240 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2241 *
2242 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2243 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2244 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2245 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2246 *
2247 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2248 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2249 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2250 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2251 */
2252 $wgObjectCaches = [
2253 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2254 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2255
2256 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2257 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2258 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2259
2260 'db-replicated' => [
2261 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2262 'readFactory' => [
2263 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2264 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2265 ],
2266 'writeFactory' => [
2267 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2268 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2269 ],
2270 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff'
2271 ],
2272
2273 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2274 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2275 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2276 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2277 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2278 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2279 ];
2280
2281 /**
2282 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2283 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2284 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2285 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2286 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2287 *
2288 * The options are:
2289 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2290 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2291 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2292 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2293 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2294 * @since 1.26
2295 */
2296 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2297
2298 /**
2299 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2300 *
2301 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2302 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2303 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2304 *
2305 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2306 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2307 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2308 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2309 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2310 *
2311 * @since 1.26
2312 */
2313 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2314 CACHE_NONE => [
2315 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2316 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2317 'channels' => []
2318 ]
2319 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2320 'memcached-php' => [
2321 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2322 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2323 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2324 ]
2325 */
2326 ];
2327
2328 /**
2329 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2330 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2331 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2332 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2333 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2334 *
2335 * The options are:
2336 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2337 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2338 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2339 *
2340 * @since 1.26
2341 */
2342 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2343
2344 /**
2345 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2346 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2347 */
2348 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2349
2350 /**
2351 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2352 *
2353 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2354 */
2355 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2356
2357 /**
2358 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2359 */
2360 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2361
2362 /**
2363 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2364 */
2365 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2366
2367 /**
2368 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2369 */
2370 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2371
2372 /**
2373 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2374 *
2375 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2376 *
2377 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2378 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2379 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2380 * others' cookies.
2381 *
2382 * @since 1.27
2383 * @var string
2384 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2385 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2386 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2387 */
2388 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2389
2390 /**
2391 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2392 *
2393 * @since 1.28
2394 */
2395 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2396
2397 /**
2398 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2399 */
2400 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2401
2402 /**
2403 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2404 */
2405 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2406
2407 /**
2408 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2409 * requests.
2410 */
2411 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2412
2413 /**
2414 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2415 */
2416 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2417
2418 /**
2419 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2420 *
2421 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2422 *
2423 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2424 *
2425 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2426 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2427 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2428 */
2429 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2433 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2434 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2435 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2436 */
2437 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2438
2439 /**
2440 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2441 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2442 *
2443 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2444 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2445 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2446 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2447 * otherwise the database will be used.
2448 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2449 * store static arrays.
2450 *
2451 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2452 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2453 *
2454 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2455 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2456 * will be used.
2457 *
2458 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2459 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2460 */
2461 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2462 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2463 'store' => 'detect',
2464 'storeClass' => false,
2465 'storeDirectory' => false,
2466 'manualRecache' => false,
2467 ];
2468
2469 /**
2470 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2471 */
2472 $wgCachePages = true;
2473
2474 /**
2475 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2476 * client-side and server-side caching.
2477 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2478 * @verbatim
2479 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2480 * @endverbatim
2481 */
2482 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2483
2484 /**
2485 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2486 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2487 */
2488 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2489
2490 /**
2491 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2492 *
2493 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2494 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2495 * styles.
2496 */
2497 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2498
2499 /**
2500 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2501 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2502 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2503 */
2504 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2505
2506 /**
2507 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2508 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2509 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2510 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2511 */
2512 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2516 * @deprecated since 1.26
2517 */
2518 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2519
2520 /**
2521 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2522 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2523 */
2524 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2525
2526 /**
2527 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2528 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2529 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2530 *
2531 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2532 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2533 * don't update as expected.
2534 */
2535 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2536
2537 /**
2538 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2539 */
2540 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2541
2542 /**
2543 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2544 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2545 *
2546 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2547 */
2548 $wgUseGzip = false;
2549
2550 /**
2551 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2552 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2553 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2554 * a grace period.
2555 */
2556 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2557
2558 /**
2559 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2560 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2561 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2562 *
2563 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2564 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2565 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2566 */
2567 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2568
2569 /**
2570 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2571 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2572 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2573 *
2574 * @par Example:
2575 * @code
2576 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2577 * @endcode
2578 *
2579 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2580 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2581 *
2582 * @var int|bool
2583 */
2584 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2585
2586 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2587
2588 /************************************************************************//**
2589 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2590 *
2591 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2592 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2593 *
2594 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2595 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2596 * more details.
2597 *
2598 * @{
2599 */
2600
2601 /**
2602 * Enable/disable CDN.
2603 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2604 */
2605 $wgUseSquid = false;
2606
2607 /**
2608 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2609 */
2610 $wgUseESI = false;
2611
2612 /**
2613 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2614 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2615 * @since 1.27
2616 */
2617 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2618
2619 /**
2620 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2621 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2622 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2623 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2624 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2625 * HTTP redirects.
2626 */
2627 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2628
2629 /**
2630 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2631 *
2632 * @par Example:
2633 * @code
2634 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2635 * @endcode
2636 */
2637 $wgInternalServer = false;
2638
2639 /**
2640 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2641 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2642 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2643 *
2644 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2645 */
2646 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2647
2648 /**
2649 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB slave lag is high
2650 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2651 * @since 1.27
2652 */
2653 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2654
2655 /**
2656 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2657 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2658 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2659 * slave lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2660 *
2661 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2662 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2663 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2664 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2665 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2666 *
2667 * @since 1.27
2668 */
2669 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2670
2671 /**
2672 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2673 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2674 * @since 1.27
2675 */
2676 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2677
2678 /**
2679 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2680 *
2681 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2682 */
2683 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2684
2685 /**
2686 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2687 *
2688 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2689 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2690 *
2691 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2692 */
2693 $wgSquidServers = [];
2694
2695 /**
2696 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2697 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2698 * CIDR blocks.
2699 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2700 */
2701 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2702
2703 /**
2704 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2705 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2706 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2707 *
2708 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2709 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2710 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2711 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2712 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2713 *
2714 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2715 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2716 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2717 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2718 * reverse).
2719 *
2720 * @since 1.21
2721 */
2722 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2723
2724 /**
2725 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2726 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2727 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2728 *
2729 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2730 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2731 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2732 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2733 *
2734 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2735 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2736 * @code
2737 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2738 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2739 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2740 * 'port' => 4827,
2741 * ],
2742 * '' => [
2743 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2744 * 'port' => 4827,
2745 * ],
2746 * ];
2747 * @endcode
2748 *
2749 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2750 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2751 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2752 *
2753 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2754 * @code
2755 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2756 * '' => [
2757 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2758 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2759 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2760 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2761 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2762 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2763 * ],
2764 * ];
2765 * @endcode
2766 *
2767 * @since 1.22
2768 *
2769 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2770 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2771 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2772 *
2773 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2774 */
2775 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2776
2777 /**
2778 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2779 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2780 */
2781 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2782
2783 /**
2784 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2785 */
2786 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2787
2788 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2789
2790 /************************************************************************//**
2791 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2792 * @{
2793 */
2794
2795 /**
2796 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2797 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2798 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2799 *
2800 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2801 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2802 *
2803 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2804 * change it in their preferences.
2805 *
2806 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2807 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2808 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2809 */
2810 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2811
2812 /**
2813 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2814 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2815 */
2816 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2817
2818 /**
2819 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2820 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2821 *
2822 * @par Example:
2823 * @code
2824 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2825 * @endcode
2826 */
2827 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2828
2829 /**
2830 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2831 */
2832 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2833
2834 /**
2835 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2836 */
2837 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2838
2839 /**
2840 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2841 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2842 * Notes:
2843 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2844 * map.
2845 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2846 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2847 * this array.
2848 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2849 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2850 * the prefix in this array.
2851 */
2852 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2853
2854 /**
2855 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2856 */
2857 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2858
2859 /**
2860 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2861 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2862 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2863 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2864 */
2865 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2866 'als' => 'gsw',
2867 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2868 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2869 'bh' => 'bho',
2870 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2871 'no' => 'nb',
2872 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2873 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2874 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2875 'simple' => 'en',
2876 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2877 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2878 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2879 ];
2880
2881 /**
2882 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2883 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2884 * set to "ar".
2885 *
2886 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2887 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2888 */
2889 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2890
2891 /**
2892 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2893 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2894 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2895 * support these characters.
2896 *
2897 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2898 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2899 */
2900 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2901
2902 /**
2903 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2904 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2905 * impact.
2906 *
2907 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2908 * details.
2909 *
2910 * @since 1.17
2911 */
2912 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2913
2914 /**
2915 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2916 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2917 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2918 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2919 *
2920 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2921 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2922 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2923 */
2924 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2925
2926 /**
2927 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2928 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2929 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2930 */
2931 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2932 /**
2933 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2934 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2935 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2936 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2937 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2938 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2939 *
2940 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2941 */
2942 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2943 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2944 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2945
2946 /**
2947 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2948 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2949 *
2950 * Known useragents:
2951 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2952 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2953 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2954 * - [...]
2955 *
2956 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2957 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2958 */
2959 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2960
2961 /**
2962 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2963 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2964 */
2965 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2966 ];
2967
2968 /**
2969 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2970 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2971 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2972 *
2973 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2974 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2975 * to remain viewable.
2976 *
2977 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2978 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2979 */
2980 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2981
2982 /**
2983 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2984 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2985 */
2986 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2987
2988 /**
2989 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
2990 * numerals in interface.
2991 */
2992 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
2993
2994 /**
2995 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
2996 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
2997 */
2998 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
2999
3000 /**
3001 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3002 */
3003 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3004
3005 /**
3006 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3007 */
3008 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3009
3010 /**
3011 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3012 */
3013 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3014
3015 /**
3016 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3017 */
3018 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3019
3020 /**
3021 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3022 */
3023 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3024
3025 /**
3026 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3027 *
3028 * @par Example:
3029 * @code
3030 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3031 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3032 * @endcode
3033 */
3034 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3035
3036 /**
3037 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3038 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3039 * language variant.
3040 *
3041 * @par Example:
3042 * @code
3043 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3044 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3045 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3046 * @endcode
3047 *
3048 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3049 *
3050 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3051 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3052 */
3053 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3057 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3058 * customise these.
3059 */
3060 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3061
3062 /**
3063 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3064 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3065 *
3066 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3067 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3068 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3069 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3070 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3071 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3072 * the default behavior.
3073 *
3074 * @par Example:
3075 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3076 * portal:
3077 * @code
3078 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3079 * @endcode
3080 */
3081 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3082
3083 /**
3084 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3085 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3086 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3087 *
3088 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3089 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3090 *
3091 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3092 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3093 *
3094 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3095 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3096 *
3097 * @par Examples:
3098 * @code
3099 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3100 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3101 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3102 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3103 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3104 * @endcode
3105 */
3106 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3107
3108 /**
3109 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3110 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3111 *
3112 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3113 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3114 *
3115 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3116 */
3117 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3118
3119 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3120
3121 /*************************************************************************//**
3122 * @name Output format and skin settings
3123 * @{
3124 */
3125
3126 /**
3127 * The default Content-Type header.
3128 */
3129 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3130
3131 /**
3132 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3133 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3134 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3135 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3136 * @deprecated since 1.22
3137 */
3138 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3139
3140 /**
3141 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3142 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3143 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3144 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3145 * @deprecated since 1.22
3146 */
3147 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3148
3149 /**
3150 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3151 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3152 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3153 * to true by Setup.php.
3154 * @deprecated since 1.22
3155 */
3156 $wgHtml5 = true;
3157
3158 /**
3159 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3160 *
3161 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3162 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3163 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3164 * @since 1.16
3165 */
3166 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3167
3168 /**
3169 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3170 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3171 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3172 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3173 * @since 1.24
3174 */
3175 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3176
3177 /**
3178 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3179 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3180 * stable and change has been communicated.
3181 * @since 1.24
3182 */
3183 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3187 *
3188 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3189 *
3190 * @par Example:
3191 * @code
3192 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3193 * @endcode
3194 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3195 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3196 *
3197 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3198 */
3199 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3200
3201 /**
3202 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3203 *
3204 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3205 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3206 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3207 */
3208 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3209
3210 /**
3211 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3212 */
3213 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3214
3215 /**
3216 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3217 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3218 */
3219 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3223 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3224 */
3225 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3226
3227 /**
3228 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3229 *
3230 * @since 1.24
3231 */
3232 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3233
3234 /**
3235 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3236 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3237 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3238 */
3239 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3240
3241 /**
3242 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3243 */
3244 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3245
3246 /**
3247 * Allow user Javascript page?
3248 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3249 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3250 */
3251 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3252
3253 /**
3254 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3255 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3256 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3257 */
3258 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3259
3260 /**
3261 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3262 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3263 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3264 */
3265 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3266
3267 /**
3268 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3269 */
3270 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3271
3272 /**
3273 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3274 */
3275 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3276
3277 /**
3278 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3279 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3280 */
3281 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3282
3283 /**
3284 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3285 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3286 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3287 *
3288 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3289 *
3290 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3291 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3292 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3293 *
3294 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3295 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3296 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3297 * recommended.
3298 *
3299 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3300 * not just edit pages.
3301 */
3302 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3303
3304 /**
3305 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3306 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3307 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3308 * Options are:
3309 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3310 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3311 * - false: Allow all framing.
3312 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3313 */
3314 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3315
3316 /**
3317 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3318 */
3319 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3320
3321 /**
3322 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3323 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3324 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3325 *
3326 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3327 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3328 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3329 */
3330 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3331
3332 /**
3333 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3334 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3335 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3336 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3337 *
3338 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3339 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3340 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3341 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3342 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3343 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3344 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3345 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3346 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3347 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3348 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3349 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3350 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3351 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3352 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3353 * not be outputted
3354 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3355 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3356 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3357 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3358 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3359 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3360 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3361 */
3362 $wgFooterIcons = [
3363 "copyright" => [
3364 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3365 ],
3366 "poweredby" => [
3367 "mediawiki" => [
3368 // Defaults to point at
3369 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3370 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3371 "src" => null,
3372 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3373 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3374 ]
3375 ],
3376 ];
3377
3378 /**
3379 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3380 * to create an account.
3381 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3382 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3383 */
3384 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3385
3386 /**
3387 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3388 */
3389 $wgEdititis = false;
3390
3391 /**
3392 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3393 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3394 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3395 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3396 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3397 *
3398 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3399 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3400 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3401 */
3402 $wgSend404Code = true;
3403
3404 /**
3405 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3406 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3407 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3408 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3409 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3410 *
3411 * @since 1.20
3412 */
3413 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3414
3415 /**
3416 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3417 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3418 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3419 * unconditionally.
3420 */
3421 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3422
3423 /**
3424 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3425 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3426 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3427 * the domain root.
3428 *
3429 * @since 1.25
3430 */
3431 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3432
3433 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3434
3435 /*************************************************************************//**
3436 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3437 * @{
3438 */
3439
3440 /**
3441 * Client-side resource modules.
3442 *
3443 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3444 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3445 *
3446 * @par Example:
3447 * @code
3448 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3449 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3450 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3451 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3452 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3453 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3454 * ];
3455 * @endcode
3456 */
3457 $wgResourceModules = [];
3458
3459 /**
3460 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3461 *
3462 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3463 * not be modified or disabled.
3464 *
3465 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3466 *
3467 * @par Example:
3468 * @code
3469 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3470 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3471 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3472 * ];
3473 *
3474 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3475 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3476 * ];
3477 * @endcode
3478 *
3479 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3480 *
3481 * @par Equivalent:
3482 * @code
3483 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3484 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3485 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3486 * 'skinStyles' => [
3487 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3488 * ],
3489 * ];
3490 * @endcode
3491 *
3492 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3493 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3494 *
3495 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3496 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3497 *
3498 * @par Example:
3499 * @code
3500 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3501 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3502 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3503 * 'skinStyles' => [
3504 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3505 * ],
3506 * ];
3507 * // Note the '+' character:
3508 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3509 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3510 * ];
3511 * @endcode
3512 *
3513 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3514 *
3515 * @par Equivalent:
3516 * @code
3517 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3518 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3519 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3520 * 'skinStyles' => [
3521 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3522 * 'foo' => [
3523 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3524 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3525 * ],
3526 * ],
3527 * ];
3528 * @endcode
3529 *
3530 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3531 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3532 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3533 *
3534 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3535 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3536 *
3537 * @par Example:
3538 * @code
3539 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3540 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3541 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3542 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3543 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3544 * ];
3545 * @endcode
3546 */
3547 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3548
3549 /**
3550 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3551 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3552 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3553 *
3554 * @par Example:
3555 * @code
3556 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3557 * @endcode
3558 */
3559 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3560
3561 /**
3562 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3563 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3564 */
3565 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3566
3567 /**
3568 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3569 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3570 *
3571 * Following options to distinguish:
3572 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3573 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3574 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3575 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3576 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3577 *
3578 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3579 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3580 * client and MediaWiki.
3581 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3582 */
3583 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3584 'versioned' => [
3585 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3586 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3587 ],
3588 'unversioned' => [
3589 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3590 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3591 ],
3592 ];
3593
3594 /**
3595 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3596 *
3597 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3598 */
3599 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3600
3601 /**
3602 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3603 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3604 *
3605 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3606 */
3607 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3608
3609 /**
3610 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3611 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3612 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3613 *
3614 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3615 */
3616 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3617
3618 /**
3619 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3620 *
3621 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3622 */
3623 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3624
3625 /**
3626 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3627 *
3628 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3629 * work.
3630 *
3631 * @par Example of legacy code:
3632 * @code{,js}
3633 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3634 * @endcode
3635 * or:
3636 * @code{,js}
3637 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3638 * @endcode
3639 *
3640 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3641 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3642 * @code{,js}
3643 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3644 * @endcode
3645 * or:
3646 * @code{,js}
3647 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3648 * @endcode
3649 */
3650 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3651
3652 /**
3653 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3654 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3655 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3656 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3657 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3658 * that you can't increase.
3659 *
3660 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3661 * string length limit.
3662 *
3663 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3664 */
3665 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3666
3667 /**
3668 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3669 * prior to minification to validate it.
3670 *
3671 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3672 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3673 */
3674 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3675
3676 /**
3677 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3678 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3679 *
3680 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3681 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3682 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3683 */
3684 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3685
3686 /**
3687 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3688 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3689 *
3690 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3691 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3692 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3693 *
3694 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3695 *
3696 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3697 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3698 *
3699 * @par Example:
3700 * @code
3701 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3702 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3703 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3704 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3705 * ];
3706 * @endcode
3707 * @since 1.22
3708 */
3709 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3710 /**
3711 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3712 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3713 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3714 * @since 1.27
3715 */
3716 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3717 ];
3718
3719 /**
3720 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3721 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3722 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3723 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3724 *
3725 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3726 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3727 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3728 * files from its own tree.
3729 *
3730 * @since 1.22
3731 */
3732 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3733 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3734 ];
3735
3736 /**
3737 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3738 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3739 *
3740 * @since 1.23 - Client-side module persistence is experimental. Exercise care.
3741 */
3742 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = false;
3743
3744 /**
3745 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3746 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3747 *
3748 * @since 1.23
3749 */
3750 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3751
3752 /**
3753 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3754 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3755 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3756 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3757 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3758 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3759 * from the rest of the site.
3760 *
3761 * @since 1.25
3762 */
3763 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3764
3765 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3766
3767 /*************************************************************************//**
3768 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3769 * @{
3770 */
3771
3772 /**
3773 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3774 * used instead.
3775 */
3776 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3777
3778 /**
3779 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3780 *
3781 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3782 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3783 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3784 */
3785 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3786
3787 /**
3788 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3789 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3790 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3791 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3792 * hook or extension.json.
3793 *
3794 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3795 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3796 * the new namespace name.
3797 *
3798 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3799 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3800 *
3801 * @par Example:
3802 * @code
3803 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3804 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3805 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3806 * 102 => "Aide",
3807 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3808 * ];
3809 * @endcode
3810 *
3811 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3812 */
3813 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3814
3815 /**
3816 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3817 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3818 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3819 * @since 1.18
3820 */
3821 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3822
3823 /**
3824 * Namespace aliases.
3825 *
3826 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3827 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3828 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3829 * name.
3830 *
3831 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3832 *
3833 * @par Example:
3834 * @code
3835 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3836 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3837 * 'Help' => 100,
3838 * ];
3839 * @endcode
3840 */
3841 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3842
3843 /**
3844 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3845 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3846 *
3847 * Problematic punctuation:
3848 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3849 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3850 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3851 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3852 * corrupted by apache
3853 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3854 *
3855 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3856 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3857 *
3858 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3859 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3860 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3861 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3862 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3863 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3864 *
3865 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3866 *
3867 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3868 * this breaks interlanguage links
3869 */
3870 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3871
3872 /**
3873 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3874 *
3875 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3876 */
3877 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3878
3879 /**
3880 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3881 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3882 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3883 *
3884 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3885 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3886 */
3887 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3888
3889 /**
3890 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3891 */
3892 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3893
3894 /**
3895 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3896 * @{
3897 */
3898
3899 /**
3900 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3901 * database (.cdb) file.
3902 *
3903 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3904 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3905 * formats such as the following:
3906 *
3907 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3908 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3909 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3910 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3911 *
3912 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3913 * data layout.
3914 *
3915 * @var bool|array|string
3916 */
3917 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3918
3919 /**
3920 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3921 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3922 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3923 * - 3: site levels
3924 */
3925 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3926
3927 /**
3928 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3929 */
3930 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3931
3932 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3933
3934 /**
3935 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3936 * @{
3937 */
3938
3939 /**
3940 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3941 */
3942 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3943
3944 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3945
3946 /**
3947 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3948 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3949 * as 'redirected from' links.
3950 *
3951 * @par Example:
3952 * It might look something like this:
3953 * @code
3954 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3955 * @endcode
3956 *
3957 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3958 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3959 * the URL.
3960 */
3961 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3962
3963 /**
3964 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3965 *
3966 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3967 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3968 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3969 */
3970 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3971
3972 /**
3973 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3974 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3975 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3976 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3977 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3978 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3979 * NS_FILE.
3980 *
3981 * @par Example:
3982 * @code
3983 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
3984 * @endcode
3985 */
3986 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
3987
3988 /**
3989 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
3990 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
3991 */
3992 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
3993 NS_TALK => true,
3994 NS_USER => true,
3995 NS_USER_TALK => true,
3996 NS_PROJECT => true,
3997 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
3998 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
3999 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4000 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4001 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4002 NS_HELP => true,
4003 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4004 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4005 ];
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4009 *
4010 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4011 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4012 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4013 *
4014 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4015 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4016 *
4017 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4018 * the new extension registration system.
4019 *
4020 * @since 1.23
4021 */
4022 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4023
4024 /**
4025 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4026 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4027 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4028 * number of articles in the wiki.
4029 */
4030 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4031
4032 /**
4033 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4034 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4035 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4036 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4037 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4038 */
4039 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4040
4041 /**
4042 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4043 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4044 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4045 */
4046 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4047
4048 /**
4049 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4050 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4051 * will make the redirect fail.
4052 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4053 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4054 *
4055 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4056 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4057 */
4058 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4059
4060 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4061
4062 /************************************************************************//**
4063 * @name Parser settings
4064 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4065 * @{
4066 */
4067
4068 /**
4069 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4070 *
4071 * class The class name
4072 *
4073 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4074 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4075 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4076 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4077 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4078 *
4079 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4080 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4081 *
4082 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4083 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4084 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4085 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4086 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4087 * an extension setup function.
4088 */
4089 $wgParserConf = [
4090 'class' => 'Parser',
4091 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4092 ];
4093
4094 /**
4095 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4096 */
4097 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4098
4099 /**
4100 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4101 * by PPFrame::expand()
4102 */
4103 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4104
4105 /**
4106 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4107 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4108 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4109 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4110 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4111 *
4112 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4113 */
4114 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4115
4116 /**
4117 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4118 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4119 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4120 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4121 */
4122 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4123
4124 /**
4125 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4126 */
4127 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4128
4129 /**
4130 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4131 *
4132 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4133 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4134 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4135 * more information.
4136 *
4137 * @see wfParseUrl
4138 */
4139 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4140 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4141 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4142 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4143 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4144 ];
4145
4146 /**
4147 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4148 */
4149 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4150
4151 /**
4152 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4153 */
4154 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4155
4156 /**
4157 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4158 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4159 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4160 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4161 *
4162 * @par Examples:
4163 * @code
4164 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4165 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4166 * @endcode
4167 */
4168 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4169
4170 /**
4171 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4172 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4173 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4174 * The image will be displayed.
4175 *
4176 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4177 * Or false to disable it
4178 */
4179 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4180
4181 /**
4182 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4183 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4184 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4185 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4186 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4187 * sites they control.
4188 */
4189 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4190
4191 /**
4192 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4193 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4194 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4195 *
4196 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4197 * parameters will be used instead.
4198 *
4199 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4200 *
4201 * Keys are:
4202 * - driver: May be:
4203 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4204 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4205 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4206 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4207 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4208 *
4209 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4210 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4211 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4212 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4213 */
4214 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4215
4216 /**
4217 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4218 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4219 */
4220 $wgUseTidy = false;
4221
4222 /**
4223 * The path to the tidy binary.
4224 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4225 */
4226 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4227
4228 /**
4229 * The path to the tidy config file
4230 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4231 */
4232 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4233
4234 /**
4235 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4236 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4237 */
4238 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4239
4240 /**
4241 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4242 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4243 */
4244 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4245
4246 /**
4247 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4248 * Only works for internal tidy.
4249 */
4250 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4251
4252 /**
4253 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4254 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4255 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4256 */
4257 $wgRawHtml = false;
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4261 *
4262 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4263 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4264 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4265 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4266 * to some of your users.
4267 */
4268 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4269
4270 /**
4271 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4272 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4273 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4274 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4275 */
4276 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4277
4278 /**
4279 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4280 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4281 */
4282 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4283
4284 /**
4285 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4286 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4287 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4288 *
4289 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4290 *
4291 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4292 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4293 * etc.
4294 *
4295 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4296 */
4297 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4298
4299 /**
4300 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4301 */
4302 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4303
4304 /**
4305 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4306 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4307 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4308 */
4309 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4310
4311 /**
4312 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4313 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4314 */
4315 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4316
4317 /**
4318 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4319 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4320 */
4321 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4322
4323 /**
4324 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4325 */
4326 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4327
4328 /**
4329 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4330 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4331 */
4332 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4333
4334 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4335
4336 /************************************************************************//**
4337 * @name Statistics
4338 * @{
4339 */
4340
4341 /**
4342 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4343 * as a valid article.
4344 *
4345 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4346 *
4347 * This variable can have the following values:
4348 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4349 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4350 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4351 *
4352 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4353 *
4354 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4355 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4356 * script.
4357 */
4358 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4359
4360 /**
4361 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4362 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4363 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4364 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4365 * numbers between different wikis.
4366 */
4367 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4368
4369 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4370
4371 /************************************************************************//**
4372 * @name User accounts, authentication
4373 * @{
4374 */
4375
4376 /**
4377 * Central ID lookup providers
4378 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4379 * @since 1.27
4380 */
4381 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4382 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4383 ];
4384
4385 /**
4386 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4387 * @var string
4388 */
4389 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4393 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4394 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4395 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4396 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4397 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4398 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4399 * Statements:
4400 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4401 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4402 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4403 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4404 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4405 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4406 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4407 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4408 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4409 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4410 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4411 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4412 * @since 1.26
4413 */
4414 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4415 'policies' => [
4416 'bureaucrat' => [
4417 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4418 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4419 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4420 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4421 ],
4422 'sysop' => [
4423 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4424 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4425 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4426 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4427 ],
4428 'bot' => [
4429 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4430 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4431 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4432 ],
4433 'default' => [
4434 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4435 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4436 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4437 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4438 ],
4439 ],
4440 'checks' => [
4441 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4442 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4443 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4444 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4445 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4446 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4447 ],
4448 ];
4449
4450 /**
4451 * Configure AuthManager
4452 *
4453 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4454 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4455 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4456 * (default is 0).
4457 *
4458 * Elements are:
4459 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4460 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4461 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4462 *
4463 * @since 1.27
4464 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4465 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4466 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4467 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4468 */
4469 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4470
4471 /**
4472 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4473 * @since 1.27
4474 */
4475 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4476 'preauth' => [
4477 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4478 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4479 'sort' => 0,
4480 ],
4481 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4482 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4483 'sort' => 0,
4484 ],
4485 ],
4486 'primaryauth' => [
4487 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4488 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4489 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4490 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4491 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4492 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4493 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4494 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4495 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4496 'args' => [ [
4497 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4498 'authoritative' => false,
4499 ] ],
4500 'sort' => 0,
4501 ],
4502 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4503 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4504 'args' => [ [
4505 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4506 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4507 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4508 // password") if it too fails.
4509 'authoritative' => true,
4510 ] ],
4511 'sort' => 100,
4512 ],
4513 ],
4514 'secondaryauth' => [
4515 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4516 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4517 'sort' => 0,
4518 ],
4519 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4520 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4521 'sort' => 100,
4522 ],
4523 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4524 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4525 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4526 // 'sort' => 100,
4527 // ],
4528 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4529 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4530 'sort' => 200,
4531 ],
4532 ],
4533 ];
4534
4535 /**
4536 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4537 *
4538 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4539 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4540 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4541 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4542 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4543 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4544 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4545 * that needs to do this.
4546 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4547 * the last X seconds.
4548 * - Come up with a third option.
4549 *
4550 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4551 * "X seconds".
4552 *
4553 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4554 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4555 * - LinkAccounts
4556 * - UnlinkAccount
4557 * - ChangeCredentials
4558 * - RemoveCredentials
4559 * - ChangeEmail
4560 *
4561 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4562 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4563 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4564 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4565 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4566 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4567 *
4568 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4569 *
4570 * @since 1.27
4571 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4572 */
4573 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4574 'default' => 300,
4575 ];
4576
4577 /**
4578 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4579 *
4580 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4581 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4582 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4583 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4584 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4585 *
4586 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4587 *
4588 * @since 1.27
4589 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4590 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4591 */
4592 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4593 'default' => true,
4594 ];
4595
4596 /**
4597 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4598 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4599 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4600 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4601 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4602 * @since 1.27
4603 * @var string[]
4604 */
4605 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4606 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4607 ];
4608
4609 /**
4610 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4611 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4612 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4613 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4614 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4615 * @since 1.27
4616 * @var string[]
4617 */
4618 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4619 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4620 ];
4621
4622 /**
4623 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4624 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4625 */
4626 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4627
4628 /**
4629 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4630 * words are allowed.
4631 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4632 */
4633 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4634
4635 /**
4636 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4637 *
4638 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4639 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4640 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4641 *
4642 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4643 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4644 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4645 */
4646 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4647
4648 /**
4649 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4650 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4651 * @since 1.23
4652 */
4653 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4654
4655 /**
4656 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4657 *
4658 * @since 1.24
4659 */
4660 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4661
4662 /**
4663 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4664 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4665 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4666 *
4667 * An advanced example:
4668 * @code
4669 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4670 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4671 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4672 * 'secrets' => [],
4673 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4674 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4675 * 'cost' => 5,
4676 * ];
4677 * @endcode
4678 *
4679 * @since 1.24
4680 */
4681 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4682 'A' => [
4683 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4684 ],
4685 'B' => [
4686 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4687 ],
4688 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4689 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4690 'types' => [
4691 'A',
4692 'pbkdf2',
4693 ],
4694 ],
4695 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4696 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4697 'types' => [
4698 'B',
4699 'pbkdf2',
4700 ],
4701 ],
4702 'bcrypt' => [
4703 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4704 'cost' => 9,
4705 ],
4706 'pbkdf2' => [
4707 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4708 'algo' => 'sha512',
4709 'cost' => '30000',
4710 'length' => '64',
4711 ],
4712 ];
4713
4714 /**
4715 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4716 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4717 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4718 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4719 */
4720 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4721 'username' => true,
4722 'email' => true,
4723 ];
4724
4725 /**
4726 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4727 */
4728 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4729
4730 /**
4731 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4732 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4733 */
4734 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4735
4736 /**
4737 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4738 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4739 */
4740 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4741 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4742 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4743 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4744 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4745 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4746 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4747 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4748 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4749 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4750 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4751 ];
4752
4753 /**
4754 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4755 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4756 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4757 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4758 */
4759 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4760 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4761 'cols' => 80,
4762 'date' => 'default',
4763 'diffonly' => 0,
4764 'disablemail' => 0,
4765 'editfont' => 'default',
4766 'editondblclick' => 0,
4767 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4768 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4769 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4770 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4771 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4772 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4773 'fancysig' => 0,
4774 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4775 'gender' => 'unknown',
4776 'hideminor' => 0,
4777 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4778 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4779 'imagesize' => 2,
4780 'math' => 1,
4781 'minordefault' => 0,
4782 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4783 'nickname' => '',
4784 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4785 'numberheadings' => 0,
4786 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4787 'previewontop' => 1,
4788 'rcdays' => 7,
4789 'rclimit' => 50,
4790 'rows' => 25,
4791 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4792 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4793 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4794 'skin' => false,
4795 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4796 'thumbsize' => 5,
4797 'underline' => 2,
4798 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4799 'usenewrc' => 1,
4800 'watchcreations' => 1,
4801 'watchdefault' => 1,
4802 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4803 'watchuploads' => 1,
4804 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4805 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4806 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4807 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4808 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4809 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4810 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4811 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4812 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4813 'watchmoves' => 0,
4814 'watchrollback' => 0,
4815 'wllimit' => 250,
4816 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4817 'prefershttps' => 1,
4818 ];
4819
4820 /**
4821 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4822 */
4823 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4824
4825 /**
4826 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4827 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4828 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4829 */
4830 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4831
4832 /**
4833 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4834 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4835 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4836 *
4837 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4838 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4839 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4840 */
4841 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4842
4843 /**
4844 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4845 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4846 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4847 * @since 1.17
4848 */
4849 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4850
4851 /**
4852 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4853 *
4854 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4855 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4856 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4857 *
4858 * @since 1.27
4859 * @var string|null
4860 */
4861 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4862
4863 /**
4864 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4865 *
4866 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4867 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4868 *
4869 * @since 1.27
4870 */
4871 $wgSessionProviders = [
4872 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4873 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4874 'args' => [ [
4875 'priority' => 30,
4876 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4877 ] ],
4878 ],
4879 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4880 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4881 'args' => [ [
4882 'priority' => 75,
4883 ] ],
4884 ],
4885 ];
4886
4887 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4888
4889 /************************************************************************//**
4890 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4891 * @{
4892 */
4893
4894 /**
4895 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4896 */
4897 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4898
4899 /**
4900 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4901 */
4902 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4903
4904 /**
4905 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4906 */
4907 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4908
4909 /**
4910 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4911 *
4912 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4913 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4914 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4915 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4916 *
4917 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4918 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4919 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4920 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4921 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4922 */
4923 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4924 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4925 'IPv6' => 19,
4926 ];
4927
4928 /**
4929 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4930 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4931 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4932 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4933 * anonymous visitors.
4934 */
4935 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4936
4937 /**
4938 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4939 *
4940 * @par Example:
4941 * @code
4942 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4943 * @endcode
4944 *
4945 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4946 *
4947 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4948 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4949 *
4950 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4951 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4952 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4953 */
4954 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4955
4956 /**
4957 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4958 *
4959 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4960 * is without underscore.
4961 *
4962 * @par Example:
4963 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4964 * @code
4965 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4966 * @endcode
4967 *
4968 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
4969 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
4970 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
4971 *
4972 * @par Example:
4973 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
4974 * @code
4975 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
4976 * @endcode
4977 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
4978 *
4979 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4980 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4981 */
4982 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
4983
4984 /**
4985 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
4986 * address before being allowed to edit?
4987 */
4988 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
4989
4990 /**
4991 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
4992 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
4993 */
4994 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
4995
4996 /**
4997 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
4998 *
4999 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5000 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5001 *
5002 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5003 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5004 *
5005 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5006 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5007 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5008 * in in the user_groups table.
5009 *
5010 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5011 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5012 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5013 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5014 *
5015 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5016 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5017 *
5018 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5019 */
5020 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5021
5022 /** @cond file_level_code */
5023 // Implicit group for all visitors
5024 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5025 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5026 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5027 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5028 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5029 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5030 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5031 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5032 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5033 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5034 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5035 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5036 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5037 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5038
5039 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5040 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5041 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5042 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5043 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5044 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5045 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5046 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5047 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5048 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5049 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5050 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5051 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5052 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5053 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5054 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5058
5059 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5062
5063 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5064 // from various log pages by default
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5068 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5069 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5070 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5073
5074 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5078 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5080 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5082 // can view deleted revision text
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5090 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5091 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5094 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5095 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5096 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5105 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5106 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5115 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5116 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5120
5121 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5124 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5125 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5126 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5127 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5128
5129 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5130 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5131 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5132 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5133 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5134 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5135 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5136 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5137 // For private suppression log access
5138 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5139
5140 /**
5141 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5142 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5143 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5144 * server.
5145 */
5146 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5147
5148 /** @endcond */
5149
5150 /**
5151 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5152 *
5153 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5154 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5155 *
5156 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5157 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5158 */
5159 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5160
5161 /**
5162 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5163 */
5164 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5165
5166 /**
5167 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5168 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5169 *
5170 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5171 * group".
5172 *
5173 * @par Example:
5174 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5175 * @code
5176 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5177 * @endcode
5178 *
5179 * @par Example:
5180 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5181 * @code
5182 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5183 * @endcode
5184 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5185 * any group that they happen to be in.
5186 */
5187 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5188
5189 /**
5190 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5191 */
5192 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5193
5194 /**
5195 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5196 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5197 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5198 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5199 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5200 */
5201 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5202
5203 /**
5204 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5205 *
5206 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5207 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5208 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5209 *
5210 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5211 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5212 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5213 */
5214 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5215
5216 /**
5217 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5218 *
5219 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5220 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5221 *
5222 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5223 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5224 */
5225 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5226
5227 /**
5228 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5229 *
5230 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5231 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5232 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5233 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5234 * "semiprotected".
5235 *
5236 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5237 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5238 */
5239 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5240
5241 /**
5242 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5243 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5244 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5245 *
5246 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5247 */
5248 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5249
5250 /**
5251 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5252 *
5253 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5254 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5255 *
5256 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5257 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5258 */
5259 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5260
5261 /**
5262 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5263 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5264 * privileges of new accounts.
5265 *
5266 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5267 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5268 *
5269 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5270 *
5271 * @par Example:
5272 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5273 * @code
5274 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5275 * @endcode
5276 * Set age to one day:
5277 * @code
5278 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5279 * @endcode
5280 */
5281 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5282
5283 /**
5284 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5285 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5286 *
5287 * @par Example:
5288 * @code
5289 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5290 * @endcode
5291 */
5292 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5293
5294 /**
5295 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5296 *
5297 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5298 *
5299 * The format is
5300 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5301 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5302 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5303 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5304 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5305 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5306 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5307 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5308 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5309 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5310 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5311 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5312 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5313 *
5314 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5315 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5316 */
5317 $wgAutopromote = [
5318 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5319 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5320 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5321 ],
5322 ];
5323
5324 /**
5325 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5326 *
5327 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5328 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5329 *
5330 * The format is:
5331 * @code
5332 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5333 * @endcode
5334 * Where event is either:
5335 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5336 *
5337 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5338 *
5339 * @see $wgAutopromote
5340 * @since 1.18
5341 */
5342 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5343 'onEdit' => [],
5344 ];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5348 * @since 1.18
5349 */
5350 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5351
5352 /**
5353 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5354 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5355 *
5356 * @par Example:
5357 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5358 * @code
5359 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5360 * @endcode
5361 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5362 * @code
5363 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5364 * @endcode
5365 * Sysops can make bots:
5366 * @code
5367 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5368 * @endcode
5369 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5370 * @code
5371 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5372 * @endcode
5373 */
5374 $wgAddGroups = [];
5375
5376 /**
5377 * @see $wgAddGroups
5378 */
5379 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5380
5381 /**
5382 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5383 * For extensions only.
5384 */
5385 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5386
5387 /**
5388 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5389 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5390 */
5391 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5392
5393 /**
5394 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5395 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5396 * This is limited for performance reason.
5397 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5398 * @since 1.23
5399 */
5400 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5401
5402 /**
5403 * Number of accounts each IP address may create, 0 to disable.
5404 *
5405 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5406 */
5407 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = 0;
5408
5409 /**
5410 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5411 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5412 *
5413 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5414 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5415 *
5416 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5417 *
5418 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5419 */
5420 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5421
5422 /**
5423 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5424 */
5425 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5426
5427 /**
5428 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5429 * proxies
5430 * @since 1.16
5431 */
5432 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5433
5434 /**
5435 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5436 *
5437 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5438 * the blacklist require a key).
5439 *
5440 * @par Example:
5441 * @code
5442 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5443 * // String containing URL
5444 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5445 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5446 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5447 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5448 * // just use a string as shown above
5449 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5450 * ];
5451 * @endcode
5452 *
5453 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5454 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5455 * @since 1.16
5456 */
5457 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5458
5459 /**
5460 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5461 * what the other methods might say.
5462 */
5463 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5467 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5468 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5469 */
5470 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5471
5472 /**
5473 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5474 *
5475 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5476 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5477 * elapses.
5478 *
5479 * @par Example:
5480 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgRateLimits = [ 4, 60 ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 *
5485 * @par Example:
5486 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5487 * @code
5488 * $wgRateLimits = [
5489 * 'edit' => [
5490 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5491 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5492 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5493 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5494 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5495 * ]
5496 * ]
5497 * @endcode
5498 *
5499 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5500 */
5501 $wgRateLimits = [
5502 // Page edits
5503 'edit' => [
5504 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5505 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5506 ],
5507 // Page moves
5508 'move' => [
5509 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5510 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5511 ],
5512 // File uploads
5513 'upload' => [
5514 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5515 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5516 ],
5517 // Page rollbacks
5518 'rollback' => [
5519 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5520 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5521 ],
5522 // Triggering password resets emails
5523 'mailpassword' => [
5524 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5525 ],
5526 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5527 'emailuser' => [
5528 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5529 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5530 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5531 ],
5532 // Purging pages
5533 'purge' => [
5534 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5535 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5536 ],
5537 // Purges of link tables
5538 'linkpurge' => [
5539 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5540 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5541 ],
5542 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5543 'renderfile' => [
5544 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5545 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5546 ],
5547 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5548 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5549 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5550 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5551 ],
5552 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5553 'stashedit' => [
5554 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5555 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5556 ],
5557 // Adding or removing change tags
5558 'changetag' => [
5559 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5560 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5561 ],
5562 ];
5563
5564 /**
5565 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5566 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5567 */
5568 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5569
5570 /**
5571 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5572 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5573 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5574 */
5575 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5576
5577 /**
5578 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5579 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5580 */
5581 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5582
5583 /**
5584 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5585 *
5586 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5587 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5588 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5589 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5590 *
5591 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5592 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5593 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5594 */
5595 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5596 // Short term limit
5597 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5598 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5599 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5600 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5601 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5602 ];
5603
5604 /**
5605 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5606 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5607 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5608 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5609 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5610 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5611 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5612 * @since 1.27
5613 */
5614 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5615
5616 // @TODO: clean up grants
5617 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5618
5619 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5620 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5621 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5622 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5623 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5624 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5625 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5626 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5627 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5628 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5629
5630 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5631 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5632 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5633 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5634
5635 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5636 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5637 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5638 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5639
5640 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5641 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5642
5643 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5644 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5645 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5646
5647 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5648
5649 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5650 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5651 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5652 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5653
5654 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5655 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5656 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5657 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5658 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5659 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5660 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5661
5662 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5663 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5664
5665 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5666 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5667 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5668 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5669 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5670 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5671
5672 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5673
5674 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5675
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5678
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5682
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5684 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5689 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5690
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5693
5694 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5695
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5697
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5699
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5701
5702 /**
5703 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5704 * @since 1.27
5705 */
5706 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5707 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5708 'basic' => 'hidden',
5709
5710 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5711 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5712 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5713 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5714
5715 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5716 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5717
5718 'sendemail' => 'email',
5719
5720 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5721 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5722
5723 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5724 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5725
5726 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5727 'rollback' => 'administration',
5728 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5729 'delete' => 'administration',
5730 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5731 'protect' => 'administration',
5732 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5733
5734 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5735 ];
5736
5737 /**
5738 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5739 * @since 1.27
5740 */
5741 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5742
5743 /**
5744 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5745 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5746 * @since 1.27
5747 */
5748 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5749
5750 /**
5751 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5752 *
5753 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5754 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5755 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5756 * @since 1.27
5757 */
5758 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5759
5760 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5761
5762 /************************************************************************//**
5763 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5764 * @{
5765 */
5766
5767 /**
5768 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5769 */
5770 $wgSecretKey = false;
5771
5772 /**
5773 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5774 *
5775 * This can have the following formats:
5776 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5777 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5778 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5779 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5780 */
5781 $wgProxyList = [];
5782
5783 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5784
5785 /************************************************************************//**
5786 * @name Cookie settings
5787 * @{
5788 */
5789
5790 /**
5791 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5792 */
5793 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5794
5795 /**
5796 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5797 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5798 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5799 * login cookies session-only.
5800 */
5801 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5802
5803 /**
5804 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5805 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5806 */
5807 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5808
5809 /**
5810 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5811 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5812 */
5813 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5814
5815 /**
5816 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5817 * - true: Set secure flag
5818 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5819 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5820 */
5821 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5822
5823 /**
5824 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5825 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5826 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5827 * check.
5828 */
5829 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5830
5831 /**
5832 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5833 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5834 * name to be used as a prefix.
5835 */
5836 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5837
5838 /**
5839 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5840 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5841 * XSS attack.
5842 */
5843 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5844
5845 /**
5846 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5847 */
5848 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5849
5850 /**
5851 * Override to customise the session name
5852 */
5853 $wgSessionName = false;
5854
5855 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5856
5857 /************************************************************************//**
5858 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5859 * @{
5860 */
5861
5862 /**
5863 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5864 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5865 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5866 * Please see math/README for more information.
5867 */
5868 $wgUseTeX = false;
5869
5870 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5871
5872 /************************************************************************//**
5873 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5874 *
5875 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5876 *
5877 * @{
5878 */
5879
5880 /**
5881 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5882 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5883 * may contain private data.
5884 */
5885 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5886
5887 /**
5888 * Prefix for debug log lines
5889 */
5890 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5891
5892 /**
5893 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5894 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5895 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5896 */
5897 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5898
5899 /**
5900 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5901 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5902 * and gen=js requests.
5903 */
5904 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5905
5906 /**
5907 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5908 *
5909 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5910 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5911 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5912 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5913 */
5914 $wgDebugComments = false;
5915
5916 /**
5917 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5918 *
5919 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5920 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5921 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5922 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5923 */
5924 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5925
5926 /**
5927 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5928 *
5929 * @since 1.26
5930 */
5931 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5932 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5933 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5934 'GET' => [
5935 'masterConns' => 0,
5936 'writes' => 0,
5937 'readQueryTime' => 5
5938 ],
5939 // HTTP POST requests.
5940 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
5941 'POST' => [
5942 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5943 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5944 'maxAffected' => 500
5945 ],
5946 'POST-nonwrite' => [
5947 'masterConns' => 0,
5948 'writes' => 0,
5949 'readQueryTime' => 5
5950 ],
5951 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
5952 'PostSend' => [
5953 'readQueryTime' => 5,
5954 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
5955 'maxAffected' => 500
5956 ],
5957 // Background job runner
5958 'JobRunner' => [
5959 'readQueryTime' => 30,
5960 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5961 'maxAffected' => 1000
5962 ],
5963 // Command-line scripts
5964 'Maintenance' => [
5965 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
5966 'maxAffected' => 1000
5967 ]
5968 ];
5969
5970 /**
5971 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
5972 *
5973 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
5974 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
5975 * in production.
5976 *
5977 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
5978 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
5979 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
5980 * - associative array with keys:
5981 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
5982 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
5983 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
5984 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
5985 *
5986 * @par Example:
5987 * @code
5988 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
5989 * @endcode
5990 *
5991 * @par Advanced example:
5992 * @code
5993 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
5994 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
5995 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
5996 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
5997 * ];
5998 * @endcode
5999 */
6000 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6001
6002 /**
6003 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6004 *
6005 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6006 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6007 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6008 * details.
6009 *
6010 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6011 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6012 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6013 *
6014 * @par To completely disable logging:
6015 * @code
6016 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6017 * @endcode
6018 *
6019 * @since 1.25
6020 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6021 * @see MwLogger
6022 */
6023 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6024 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6025 ];
6026
6027 /**
6028 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6029 *
6030 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6031 */
6032 $wgShowDebug = false;
6033
6034 /**
6035 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6036 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6037 */
6038 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6039
6040 /**
6041 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6042 */
6043 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6044
6045 /**
6046 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6047 */
6048 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6049
6050 /**
6051 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6052 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6053 * to an attacker.
6054 */
6055 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6056
6057 /**
6058 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6059 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6060 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6061 * formatting.
6062 */
6063 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6064
6065 /**
6066 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6067 *
6068 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6069 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6070 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6071 * exception handler.
6072 */
6073 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6074
6075 /**
6076 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6077 */
6078 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6082 */
6083 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6084
6085 /**
6086 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6087 * Should be a string, default false.
6088 * @since 1.20
6089 */
6090 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6091
6092 /**
6093 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6094 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6095 */
6096 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6097
6098 /**
6099 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6100 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6101 * after the limit.
6102 */
6103 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6104
6105 /**
6106 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6107 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6108 */
6109 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6110
6111 /**
6112 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6113 *
6114 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6115 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6116 */
6117 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6118
6119 /**
6120 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6121 *
6122 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6123 *
6124 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6125 *
6126 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6127 * @since 1.25
6128 */
6129 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6130
6131 /**
6132 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6133 *
6134 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6135 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6136 * @since 1.25
6137 */
6138 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6139
6140 /**
6141 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6142 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6143 * templates.
6144 */
6145 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6146
6147 /**
6148 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6149 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6150 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6151 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6152 */
6153 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6154
6155 /**
6156 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6157 * filename is passed to it.
6158 *
6159 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6160 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6161 *
6162 * Use full paths.
6163 */
6164 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6165 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6166 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6167 ];
6168
6169 /**
6170 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6171 */
6172 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6173
6174 /**
6175 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6176 * @since 1.19
6177 */
6178 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6179
6180 /**
6181 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6182 * queries and other useful output.
6183 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6184 *
6185 * @since 1.19
6186 */
6187 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6188
6189 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6190
6191 /************************************************************************//**
6192 * @name Search
6193 * @{
6194 */
6195
6196 /**
6197 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6198 */
6199 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6200
6201 /**
6202 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6203 * by default off due to execution overhead
6204 */
6205 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6206
6207 /**
6208 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6209 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6210 */
6211 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6212
6213 /**
6214 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6215 *
6216 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6217 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6218 *
6219 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6220 *
6221 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6222 */
6223 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6224
6225 /**
6226 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6227 *
6228 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6229 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6230 *
6231 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6232 */
6233 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6234 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6235 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6236 ];
6237
6238 /**
6239 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6240 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6241 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6242 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6243 */
6244 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6245
6246 /**
6247 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6248 * OpenSearch call.
6249 */
6250 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6254 */
6255 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6259 */
6260 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6264 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6265 */
6266 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6267
6268 /**
6269 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6270 *
6271 * @par Example:
6272 * @code
6273 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6274 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6275 * @endcode
6276 */
6277 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6278 NS_MAIN => true,
6279 ];
6280
6281 /**
6282 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6283 * implemented by an extension instead.
6284 */
6285 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6286
6287 /**
6288 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6289 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6290 * search term.
6291 *
6292 * @par Example:
6293 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6294 * @code
6295 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6296 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6297 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6298 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6299 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6300 * @endcode
6301 */
6302 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6303
6304 /**
6305 * Search form behavior.
6306 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6307 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6308 */
6309 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6310
6311 /**
6312 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6313 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6314 * generated for all namespaces.
6315 */
6316 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6317
6318 /**
6319 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6320 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6321 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6322 *
6323 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6324 * @par Example:
6325 * @code
6326 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6327 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6328 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6329 * ];
6330 * @endcode
6331 */
6332 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6333
6334 /**
6335 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6336 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6337 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6338 */
6339 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6340
6341 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6342
6343 /************************************************************************//**
6344 * @name Edit user interface
6345 * @{
6346 */
6347
6348 /**
6349 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6350 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6351 */
6352 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6356 */
6357 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6358
6359 /**
6360 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6361 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6362 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6363 */
6364 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6365 NS_CATEGORY => true
6366 ];
6367
6368 /**
6369 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6370 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6371 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6372 */
6373 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6374
6375 /**
6376 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6377 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6378 * ting this variable false.
6379 */
6380 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6381
6382 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6383
6384 /************************************************************************//**
6385 * @name Maintenance
6386 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6387 * @{
6388 */
6389
6390 /**
6391 * @cond file_level_code
6392 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6393 */
6394 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6395 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6396 }
6397 /** @endcond */
6398
6399 /**
6400 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6401 */
6402 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6403
6404 /**
6405 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6406 * used as an explanation to users.
6407 *
6408 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6409 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6410 * option in MySQL.
6411 */
6412 $wgReadOnly = null;
6413
6414 /**
6415 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6416 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6417 * message.
6418 *
6419 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6420 */
6421 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6422
6423 /**
6424 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6425 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6426 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6427 *
6428 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6429 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6430 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6431 */
6432 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6433
6434 /**
6435 * Fully specified path to git binary
6436 */
6437 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6438
6439 /**
6440 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6441 *
6442 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6443 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6444 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6445 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6446 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6447 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6448 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6449 *
6450 * @since 1.20
6451 */
6452 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6453 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6454 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6455 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6456 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6457 ];
6458
6459 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6460
6461 /************************************************************************//**
6462 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6463 * @{
6464 */
6465
6466 /**
6467 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6468 * seconds will go.
6469 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6470 */
6471 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6475 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6476 * @since 1.26
6477 */
6478 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6479
6480 /**
6481 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6482 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6483 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6484 * @since 1.26
6485 */
6486 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6487
6488 /**
6489 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6490 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6491 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6492 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6493 * is still there.
6494 */
6495 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6496
6497 /**
6498 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6499 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6500 */
6501 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6502
6503 /**
6504 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6505 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6506 */
6507 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6508
6509 /**
6510 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6511 * should be sent.
6512 *
6513 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6514 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6515 * specified server.
6516 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6517 *
6518 * The common options are:
6519 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6520 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6521 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6522 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6523 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6524 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6525 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6526 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6527 *
6528 * The IRC-specific options are:
6529 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6530 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6531 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6532 *
6533 * The JSON-specific options are:
6534 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6535 *
6536 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6537 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6538 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6539 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6540 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6541 * ];
6542 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6543 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6544 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6545 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6546 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6547 * ];
6548 * @since 1.22
6549 */
6550 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6551
6552 /**
6553 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6554 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6555 */
6556 $wgRCEngines = [
6557 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6558 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6559 ];
6560
6561 /**
6562 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6563 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6564 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6565 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6566 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6567 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6568 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6569 *
6570 * @since 1.27
6571 */
6572 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6573
6574 /**
6575 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6576 * New pages and new files are included.
6577 */
6578 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6579
6580 /**
6581 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6582 */
6583 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6584
6585 /**
6586 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6587 *
6588 * @since 1.27
6589 */
6590 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6591
6592 /**
6593 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6594 */
6595 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6596
6597 /**
6598 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6599 */
6600 $wgFeed = true;
6601
6602 /**
6603 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6604 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6605 */
6606 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6607
6608 /**
6609 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6610 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6611 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6612 *
6613 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6614 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6615 */
6616 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6617
6618 /**
6619 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6620 * pages larger than this size.
6621 */
6622 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6623
6624 /**
6625 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6626 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6627 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6628 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6629 * as value.
6630 * @par Example:
6631 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6632 * @code
6633 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6634 * @endcode
6635 */
6636 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6637
6638 /**
6639 * Available feeds objects.
6640 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6641 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6642 */
6643 $wgFeedClasses = [
6644 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6645 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6646 ];
6647
6648 /**
6649 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6650 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6651 */
6652 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6653
6654 /**
6655 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6656 */
6657 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6658
6659 /**
6660 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6661 */
6662 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6663
6664 /**
6665 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6666 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6667 * highlighted on the RC page.
6668 */
6669 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6670
6671 /**
6672 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6673 * view for watched pages with new changes
6674 */
6675 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6676
6677 /**
6678 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6679 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6680 */
6681 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6682
6683 /**
6684 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6685 */
6686 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6687
6688 /**
6689 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6690 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6691 */
6692 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6693
6694 /**
6695 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6696 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6697 * watchers.
6698 *
6699 * @since 1.21
6700 */
6701 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6705 * certain types of edits.
6706 *
6707 * To register a new one:
6708 * @code
6709 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6710 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6711 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6712 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6713 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6714 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6715 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6716 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6717 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6718 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6719 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6720 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6721 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6722 * ];
6723 * @endcode
6724 *
6725 * @since 1.22
6726 */
6727 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6728 'newpage' => [
6729 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6730 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6731 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6732 'grouping' => 'any',
6733 ],
6734 'minor' => [
6735 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6736 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6737 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6738 'class' => 'minoredit',
6739 'grouping' => 'all',
6740 ],
6741 'bot' => [
6742 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6743 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6744 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6745 'class' => 'botedit',
6746 'grouping' => 'all',
6747 ],
6748 'unpatrolled' => [
6749 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6750 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6751 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6752 'grouping' => 'any',
6753 ],
6754 ];
6755
6756 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6757
6758 /************************************************************************//**
6759 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6760 * @{
6761 */
6762
6763 /**
6764 * Override for copyright metadata.
6765 *
6766 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6767 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6768 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6769 */
6770 $wgRightsPage = null;
6771
6772 /**
6773 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6774 * wiki.
6775 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6776 */
6777 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6778
6779 /**
6780 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6781 * link.
6782 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6783 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6784 */
6785 $wgRightsText = null;
6786
6787 /**
6788 * Override for copyright metadata.
6789 */
6790 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6791
6792 /**
6793 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6794 */
6795 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6796
6797 /**
6798 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6799 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6800 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6801 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6802 * large wikis.
6803 */
6804 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6805
6806 /**
6807 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6808 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6809 */
6810 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6811
6812 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6813
6814 /************************************************************************//**
6815 * @name Import / Export
6816 * @{
6817 */
6818
6819 /**
6820 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6821 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6822 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6823 *
6824 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6825 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6826 * e.g.
6827 * @code
6828 * $wgImportSources = [
6829 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6830 * 'wikispecies',
6831 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6832 * ];
6833 * @endcode
6834 *
6835 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6836 * the ImportSources hook.
6837 *
6838 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6839 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6840 */
6841 $wgImportSources = [];
6842
6843 /**
6844 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6845 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6846 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6847 *
6848 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6849 */
6850 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6851
6852 /**
6853 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6854 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6855 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6856 */
6857 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6858
6859 /**
6860 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6861 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6862 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6863 */
6864 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6865
6866 /**
6867 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6868 */
6869 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6870
6871 /**
6872 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6873 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6874 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6875 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6876 * it's disabled by default for now.
6877 *
6878 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6879 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6880 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6881 */
6882 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6883
6884 /**
6885 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6886 */
6887 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6888
6889 /**
6890 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6891 */
6892 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6893
6894 /**
6895 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6896 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6897 *
6898 * @since 1.27
6899 */
6900 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6901
6902 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6903
6904 /*************************************************************************//**
6905 * @name Extensions
6906 * @{
6907 */
6908
6909 /**
6910 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6911 * initialised
6912 */
6913 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6914
6915 /**
6916 * Extension messages files.
6917 *
6918 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6919 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6920 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6921 * is the most common.
6922 *
6923 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6924 * in the core.
6925 *
6926 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6927 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6928 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6929 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6930 *
6931 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6932 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
6933 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
6934 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
6935 *
6936 * @par Example:
6937 * @code
6938 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
6939 * @endcode
6940 */
6941 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
6942
6943 /**
6944 * Extension messages directories.
6945 *
6946 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
6947 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
6948 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
6949 * message directories.
6950 *
6951 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
6952 *
6953 * @par Simple example:
6954 * @code
6955 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
6956 * @endcode
6957 *
6958 * @par Complex example:
6959 * @code
6960 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
6961 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
6962 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
6963 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
6964 * ]
6965 * @endcode
6966 * @since 1.23
6967 */
6968 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
6969
6970 /**
6971 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
6972 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
6973 * @since 1.22
6974 */
6975 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
6976
6977 /**
6978 * Parser output hooks.
6979 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
6980 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
6981 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
6982 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
6983 *
6984 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
6985 *
6986 * The callback has the form:
6987 * @code
6988 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
6989 * @endcode
6990 */
6991 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
6992
6993 /**
6994 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
6995 */
6996 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
6997
6998 /**
6999 * List of valid skin names
7000 *
7001 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7002 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7003 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7004 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7005 */
7006 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7007
7008 /**
7009 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7010 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7011 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7012 * SpecialPage.
7013 */
7014 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7015
7016 /**
7017 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7018 */
7019 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7020
7021 /**
7022 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7023 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7024 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7025 */
7026 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7027
7028 /**
7029 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7030 *
7031 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7032 *
7033 * @code
7034 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7035 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7036 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7037 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7038 * 'author' => [
7039 * 'Foo Barstein',
7040 * ],
7041 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7042 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7043 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7044 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7045 * ];
7046 * @endcode
7047 *
7048 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7049 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7050 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7051 * interpreted as wikitext.
7052 *
7053 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7054 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7055 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7056 *
7057 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7058 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7059 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7060 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7061 *
7062 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7063 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7064 * usually are.)
7065 *
7066 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7067 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7068 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7069 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7070 *
7071 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7072 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7073 *
7074 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7075 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7076 *
7077 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7078 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7079 */
7080 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7081
7082 /**
7083 * Authentication plugin.
7084 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7085 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7086 */
7087 $wgAuth = null;
7088
7089 /**
7090 * Global list of hooks.
7091 *
7092 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7093 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7094 * internally by Hook:run().
7095 *
7096 * The value can be one of:
7097 *
7098 * - A function name:
7099 * @code
7100 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7101 * @endcode
7102 * - A function with some data:
7103 * @code
7104 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7105 * @endcode
7106 * - A an object method:
7107 * @code
7108 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7109 * @endcode
7110 * - A closure:
7111 * @code
7112 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7113 * // Handler code goes here.
7114 * };
7115 * @endcode
7116 *
7117 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7118 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7119 *
7120 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7121 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7122 */
7123 $wgHooks = [];
7124
7125 /**
7126 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7127 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7128 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7129 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7130 * hook for that.
7131 *
7132 * @see MediaWikiServices
7133 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7134 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7135 */
7136 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7137 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7138 ];
7139
7140 /**
7141 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7142 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7143 */
7144 $wgJobClasses = [
7145 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7146 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7147 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7148 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7149 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7150 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7151 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7152 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7153 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7154 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7155 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7156 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7157 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7158 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7159 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7160 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7161 'null' => 'NullJob'
7162 ];
7163
7164 /**
7165 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7166 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7167 *
7168 * These can be:
7169 * - Very long-running jobs.
7170 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7171 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7172 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7173 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7174 */
7175 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7176
7177 /**
7178 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7179 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7180 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7181 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7182 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7183 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7184 * @var float[]
7185 */
7186 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7187
7188 /**
7189 * Make job runners commit changes for slave-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7190 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on slave lag checks.
7191 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7192 *
7193 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7194 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7195 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7196 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7197 *
7198 * @var float|bool
7199 * @since 1.26
7200 */
7201 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7202
7203 /**
7204 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7205 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7206 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7207 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7208 */
7209 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7210 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7211 ];
7212
7213 /**
7214 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7215 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7216 */
7217 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7218 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7219 ];
7220
7221 /**
7222 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7223 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7224 */
7225 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7226 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7227 ];
7228
7229 /**
7230 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7231 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7232 * or:
7233 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7234 * Hooks should return strings or false
7235 */
7236 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7237
7238 /**
7239 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7240 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7241 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7242 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7243 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7244 */
7245 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7246 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7247 ];
7248
7249 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7250
7251 /*************************************************************************//**
7252 * @name Categories
7253 * @{
7254 */
7255
7256 /**
7257 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7258 */
7259 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7260
7261 /**
7262 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7263 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7264 */
7265 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7266
7267 /**
7268 * Paging limit for categories
7269 */
7270 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7271
7272 /**
7273 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7274 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7275 *
7276 * Available values are:
7277 *
7278 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7279 *
7280 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7281 *
7282 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7283 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7284 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7285 *
7286 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7287 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7288 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7289 * server.
7290 *
7291 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7292 * the sort keys in the database.
7293 *
7294 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7295 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7296 */
7297 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7298
7299 /** @} */ # End categories }
7300
7301 /*************************************************************************//**
7302 * @name Logging
7303 * @{
7304 */
7305
7306 /**
7307 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7308 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7309 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7310 * log type.
7311 */
7312 $wgLogTypes = [
7313 '',
7314 'block',
7315 'protect',
7316 'rights',
7317 'delete',
7318 'upload',
7319 'move',
7320 'import',
7321 'patrol',
7322 'merge',
7323 'suppress',
7324 'tag',
7325 'managetags',
7326 'contentmodel',
7327 ];
7328
7329 /**
7330 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7331 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7332 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7333 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7334 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7335 */
7336 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7337 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7338 ];
7339
7340 /**
7341 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7342 *
7343 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7344 *
7345 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7346 *
7347 * @par Example:
7348 * @code
7349 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7350 * @endcode
7351 *
7352 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7353 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7354 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7355 *
7356 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7357 * for the link text.
7358 */
7359 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7360 'patrol' => true,
7361 'tag' => true,
7362 ];
7363
7364 /**
7365 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7366 * will be listed in the user interface.
7367 *
7368 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7369 *
7370 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7371 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7372 */
7373 $wgLogNames = [
7374 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7375 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7376 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7377 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7378 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7379 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7380 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7381 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7382 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7383 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7384 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7385 ];
7386
7387 /**
7388 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7389 * top of each log type.
7390 *
7391 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7392 *
7393 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7394 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7395 */
7396 $wgLogHeaders = [
7397 '' => 'alllogstext',
7398 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7399 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7400 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7401 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7402 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7403 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7404 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7405 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7406 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7407 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7408 ];
7409
7410 /**
7411 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7412 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7413 *
7414 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7415 */
7416 $wgLogActions = [];
7417
7418 /**
7419 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7420 * not messages.
7421 * @see LogPage::actionText
7422 * @see LogFormatter
7423 */
7424 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7425 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7426 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7427 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7428 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7429 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7430 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7431 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7432 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7433 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7434 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7435 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7436 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7437 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7438 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7439 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7440 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7441 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7442 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7443 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7444 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7445 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7446 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7447 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7448 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7449 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7450 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7451 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7452 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7453 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7454 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7455 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7456 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7457 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7458 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7459 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7460 ];
7461
7462 /**
7463 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7464 *
7465 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7466 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7467 * Extensions may append to this array
7468 * @since 1.27
7469 */
7470 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7471 'block' => [
7472 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7473 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7474 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7475 ],
7476 'contentmodel' => [
7477 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7478 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7479 ],
7480 'delete' => [
7481 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7482 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7483 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7484 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7485 ],
7486 'import' => [
7487 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7488 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7489 ],
7490 'managetags' => [
7491 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7492 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7493 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7494 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7495 ],
7496 'move' => [
7497 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7498 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7499 ],
7500 'newusers' => [
7501 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7502 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7503 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7504 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7505 ],
7506 'patrol' => [
7507 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7508 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7509 ],
7510 'protect' => [
7511 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7512 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7513 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7514 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7515 ],
7516 'rights' => [
7517 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7518 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7519 ],
7520 'suppress' => [
7521 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7522 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7523 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7524 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7525 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7526 ],
7527 'upload' => [
7528 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7529 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7530 ],
7531 ];
7532
7533 /**
7534 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7535 */
7536 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7537
7538 /** @} */ # end logging }
7539
7540 /*************************************************************************//**
7541 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7542 * @{
7543 */
7544
7545 /**
7546 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7547 */
7548 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7549
7550 /**
7551 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7552 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7553 */
7554 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7555
7556 /**
7557 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7558 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7559 */
7560 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7561
7562 /**
7563 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7564 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7565 */
7566 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7567
7568 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7569
7570 /*************************************************************************//**
7571 * @name Actions
7572 * @{
7573 */
7574
7575 /**
7576 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7577 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7578 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7579 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7580 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7581 * instead of the default class.
7582 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7583 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7584 */
7585 $wgActions = [
7586 'credits' => true,
7587 'delete' => true,
7588 'edit' => true,
7589 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7590 'history' => true,
7591 'info' => true,
7592 'markpatrolled' => true,
7593 'protect' => true,
7594 'purge' => true,
7595 'raw' => true,
7596 'render' => true,
7597 'revert' => true,
7598 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7599 'rollback' => true,
7600 'submit' => true,
7601 'unprotect' => true,
7602 'unwatch' => true,
7603 'view' => true,
7604 'watch' => true,
7605 ];
7606
7607 /** @} */ # end actions }
7608
7609 /*************************************************************************//**
7610 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7611 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7612 * @{
7613 */
7614
7615 /**
7616 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7617 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7618 * basis.
7619 */
7620 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7621
7622 /**
7623 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7624 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7625 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7626 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7627 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7628 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7629 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7630 *
7631 * @par Example:
7632 * @code
7633 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7634 * @endcode
7635 */
7636 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7637
7638 /**
7639 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7640 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7641 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7642 *
7643 * @par Example:
7644 * @code
7645 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7646 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7647 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7648 * ];
7649 * @endcode
7650 *
7651 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7652 * forms:
7653 * @code
7654 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7655 * # Underscore, not space!
7656 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7657 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7658 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7659 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7660 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7661 * ];
7662 * @endcode
7663 */
7664 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7665
7666 /**
7667 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7668 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7669 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7670 *
7671 * @par Example:
7672 * @code
7673 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7674 * @endcode
7675 */
7676 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7677
7678 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7679
7680 /************************************************************************//**
7681 * @name AJAX and API
7682 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7683 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7684 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7685 * @{
7686 */
7687
7688 /**
7689 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7690 * machine-readable data via api.php
7691 *
7692 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7693 */
7694 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7695
7696 /**
7697 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7698 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7699 * accesses it
7700 */
7701 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7702
7703 /**
7704 *
7705 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7706 *
7707 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7708 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7709 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7710 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7711 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7712 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7713 * requiring POST.
7714 *
7715 * @since 1.21
7716 */
7717 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7718
7719 /**
7720 * API module extensions.
7721 *
7722 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7723 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7724 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7725 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7726 *
7727 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7728 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7729 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7730 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7731 * field.
7732 *
7733 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7734 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7735 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7736 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7737 *
7738 * Examples for registering API modules:
7739 *
7740 * @code
7741 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7742 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7743 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7744 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7745 * ];
7746 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7747 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7748 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7749 * ];
7750 * @endcode
7751 *
7752 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7753 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7754 */
7755 $wgAPIModules = [];
7756
7757 /**
7758 * API format module extensions.
7759 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7760 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7761 *
7762 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7763 */
7764 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7765
7766 /**
7767 * API Query meta module extensions.
7768 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7769 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7770 *
7771 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7772 */
7773 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7774
7775 /**
7776 * API Query prop module extensions.
7777 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7778 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7779 *
7780 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7781 */
7782 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7783
7784 /**
7785 * API Query list module extensions.
7786 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7787 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7788 *
7789 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7790 */
7791 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7792
7793 /**
7794 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7795 * The default value is generally fine
7796 */
7797 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7798
7799 /**
7800 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7801 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7802 */
7803 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7804
7805 /**
7806 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7807 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7808 */
7809 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7810
7811 /**
7812 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB slaves to tolerate
7813 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7814 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7815 */
7816 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7817
7818 /**
7819 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7820 * API request logging
7821 */
7822 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7823
7824 /**
7825 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7826 */
7827 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7828
7829 /**
7830 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7831 * API queries.
7832 */
7833 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7834 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7835 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7836 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7837 ];
7838
7839 /**
7840 * Enable AJAX framework
7841 */
7842 $wgUseAjax = true;
7843
7844 /**
7845 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7846 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7847 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7848 */
7849 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7850
7851 /**
7852 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7853 */
7854 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7855
7856 /**
7857 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7858 */
7859 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7860
7861 /**
7862 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7863 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7864 */
7865 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7866
7867 /**
7868 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7869 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7870 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7871 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7872 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7873 *
7874 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7875 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7876 *
7877 * @par Example:
7878 * @code
7879 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7880 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7881 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7882 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7883 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7884 * ];
7885 * @endcode
7886 */
7887 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7888
7889 /**
7890 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7891 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7892 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7893 */
7894 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7895
7896 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7897
7898 /************************************************************************//**
7899 * @name Shell and process control
7900 * @{
7901 */
7902
7903 /**
7904 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7905 */
7906 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7907
7908 /**
7909 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7910 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7911 */
7912 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7913
7914 /**
7915 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7916 */
7917 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7918
7919 /**
7920 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7921 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7922 */
7923 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7924
7925 /**
7926 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7927 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7928 *
7929 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7930 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7931 * them segfault or deadlock.
7932 *
7933 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
7934 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
7935 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
7936 *
7937 * @par Example:
7938 * @code
7939 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
7940 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
7941 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
7942 * @endcode
7943 *
7944 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
7945 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
7946 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
7947 */
7948 $wgShellCgroup = false;
7949
7950 /**
7951 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
7952 */
7953 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
7954
7955 /**
7956 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
7957 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
7958 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
7959 */
7960 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
7961
7962 /** @} */ # End shell }
7963
7964 /************************************************************************//**
7965 * @name HTTP client
7966 * @{
7967 */
7968
7969 /**
7970 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
7971 */
7972 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
7973
7974 /**
7975 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
7976 */
7977 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
7978
7979 /**
7980 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
7981 */
7982 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
7983
7984 /**
7985 * Local virtual hosts.
7986 *
7987 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
7988 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
7989 * then no proxy will be used.
7990 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
7991 * proxy if it is configured.
7992 * @since 1.25
7993 */
7994 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
7995
7996 /**
7997 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
7998 * Only works for curl
7999 */
8000 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8001
8002 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8003
8004 /************************************************************************//**
8005 * @name Job queue
8006 * @{
8007 */
8008
8009 /**
8010 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8011 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8012 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8013 * be run periodically.
8014 */
8015 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8016
8017 /**
8018 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8019 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8020 * execution finishes.
8021 * @since 1.23
8022 */
8023 $wgRunJobsAsync = true;
8024
8025 /**
8026 * Number of rows to update per job
8027 */
8028 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8029
8030 /**
8031 * Number of rows to update per query
8032 */
8033 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8034
8035 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8036
8037 /************************************************************************//**
8038 * @name Miscellaneous
8039 * @{
8040 */
8041
8042 /**
8043 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8044 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8045 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8046 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8047 */
8048 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8049
8050 /**
8051 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8052 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8053 *
8054 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8055 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8056 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8057 */
8058 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8059
8060 /**
8061 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8062 * For debugging
8063 */
8064 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8065
8066 /**
8067 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8068 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8069 */
8070 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8071
8072 /**
8073 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8074 */
8075 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8076
8077 /**
8078 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8079 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8080 */
8081 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8082
8083 /**
8084 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8085 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8086 */
8087 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8088
8089 /**
8090 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8091 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8092 *
8093 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8094 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8095 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8096 * parameters.
8097 *
8098 * @par Example:
8099 * @code
8100 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8101 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8102 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8103 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8104 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8105 * ... any extension-specific options...
8106 * ];
8107 * @endcode
8108 */
8109 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8110
8111 /**
8112 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8113 */
8114 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8115
8116 /**
8117 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8118 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8119 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8120 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8121 *
8122 * @since 1.21
8123 */
8124 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8125
8126 /**
8127 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8128 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8129 *
8130 * * 'ignore': return null
8131 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8132 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8133 *
8134 * @since 1.21
8135 */
8136 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8137
8138 /**
8139 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8140 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8141 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8142 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8143 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8144 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8145 *
8146 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8147 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8148 *
8149 * @since 1.21
8150 */
8151 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8152
8153 /**
8154 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8155 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8156 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8157 *
8158 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8159 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8160 *
8161 * @since 1.21
8162 */
8163 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8164 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8165 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8166 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8167 ];
8168
8169 /**
8170 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8171 *
8172 * @since 1.20
8173 */
8174 $wgSiteTypes = [
8175 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8176 ];
8177
8178 /**
8179 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8180 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8181 * @since 1.23
8182 */
8183 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8184
8185 /**
8186 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8187 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8188 * @see bug 65184
8189 * @since 1.24
8190 */
8191 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8192
8193 /**
8194 * Secret for session storage.
8195 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8196 * be used.
8197 * @since 1.27
8198 */
8199 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8200
8201 /**
8202 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8203 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8204 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8205 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8206 * @since 1.27
8207 */
8208 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8209
8210 /**
8211 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8212 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8213 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8214 * be used.
8215 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8216 * @since 1.24
8217 */
8218 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8219
8220 /**
8221 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8222 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8223 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8224 * @since 1.24
8225 */
8226 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8227
8228 /**
8229 * Enable page language feature
8230 * Allows setting page language in database
8231 * @var bool
8232 * @since 1.24
8233 */
8234 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8235
8236 /**
8237 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8238 * Parameters for different services are to be declared inside
8239 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules'], which is to be treated as an associative
8240 * array. Global parameters will be merged with service-specific ones. The
8241 * result will then be passed to VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the
8242 * module.
8243 *
8244 * Example config for Parsoid:
8245 *
8246 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8247 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8248 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8249 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8250 * ];
8251 *
8252 * @var array
8253 * @since 1.25
8254 */
8255 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8256 'modules' => [],
8257 'global' => [
8258 # Timeout in seconds
8259 'timeout' => 360,
8260 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8261 'forwardCookies' => false,
8262 'HTTPProxy' => null
8263 ]
8264 ];
8265
8266 /**
8267 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8268 * these suggestions.
8269 *
8270 * @var bool
8271 * @since 1.26
8272 */
8273 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8274
8275 /**
8276 * Where popular password file is located.
8277 *
8278 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8279 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8280 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8281 *
8282 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8283 * @since 1.27
8284 * @var string path to file
8285 */
8286 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8287
8288 /*
8289 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8290 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8291 *
8292 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8293 * @since 1.27
8294 */
8295 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8296
8297 /**
8298 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8299 *
8300 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8301 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8302 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8303 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8304 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8305 *
8306 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8307 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8308 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8309 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8310 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8311 *
8312 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8313 *
8314 * @since 1.27
8315 */
8316 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8317 'default' => [
8318 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8319 ]
8320 ];
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8324 *
8325 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8326 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8327 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8328 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8329 *
8330 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Pingback
8331 *
8332 * @var bool
8333 * @since 1.28
8334 */
8335 $wgPingback = false;
8336
8337 /**
8338 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8339 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8340 * @}
8341 */